blob: 9e40dc3239f4ad9f23a8fc4673e78e6b0db7e4a2 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner216c7b82003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattnerb4cfa7f2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner60a65912002-02-12 21:07:25 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h"
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000050#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Reid Spencer7c16caa2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +000053#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000054using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +000056
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000057namespace {
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000058 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
59 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
60 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000061 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000062
Chris Lattnerc8e66542002-04-27 06:56:12 +000063 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000064 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
65 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
66 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000067 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000068
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000069 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
70 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
71 /// now.
72 ///
73 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000074 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000075 UI != UE; ++UI)
76 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
77 }
78
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000079 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
80 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
81 ///
82 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
83 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
84 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
85 WorkList.push_back(Op);
86 }
87
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000088 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
89 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000090 public:
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000091 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000092
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000093 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000094 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner820d9712002-10-21 20:00:28 +000095 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000096 }
97
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000098 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
99
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000100 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
101 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
102 // Return Value:
103 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000104 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000105 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
106 //
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000107 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
108 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
115 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I);
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +0000116 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
117 CastInst*LHSI,
118 ConstantInt* CI);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000119 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
120 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000121 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000122 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000123 Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
124 Instruction *FI);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000125 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000126 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
127 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000128 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
129 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000130 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000131 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000132 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +0000133 Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000134 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000135 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000136
137 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000138 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000139
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000140 private:
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000141 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000142 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
143
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000144 public:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000145 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
146 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
147 //
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000148 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattner65217ff2002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000149 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
150 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000151 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
152 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
153 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000154 return New;
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000155 }
156
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000157 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
158 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
159 /// cast.
160 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
161 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
162
163 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
164 WorkList.push_back(C);
165 return C;
166 }
167
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000168 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
169 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
170 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
171 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
172 // modified.
173 //
174 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000175 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000176 if (&I != V) {
177 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
178 return &I;
179 } else {
180 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
181 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000182 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000183 return &I;
184 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000185 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000186
187 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
188 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
189 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
190 // this function.
191 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
192 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
193 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
194 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000195 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000196 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
197 }
198
199
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000200 private:
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000201 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
202 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
203 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
204 ///
205 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
206 Instruction *InsertBefore);
207
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000208 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000209 // operators.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000210 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000211
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000212
213 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
214 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
215 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
216 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
217
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000218 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
219 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
220 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
221 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
222
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000223 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
224 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000225
226 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
227 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000228 };
Chris Lattnerb28b6802002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000229
Chris Lattnerc8b70922002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000230 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000231}
232
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000233// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000234// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000235static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
236 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
237 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000238 return 3;
239 return 4;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000240 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000241 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
242 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000243}
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000244
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000245// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
246// it.
247static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000248 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000249}
250
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000251// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
252// though a va_arg area...
253static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000254 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000255 case Type::SByteTyID:
256 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
257 case Type::UByteTyID:
258 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
259 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
260 default: return Ty;
261 }
262}
263
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000264// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
265// operators:
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000266//
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000267// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
268// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
269// binary operators.
270//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000271// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
272// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000273//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000274bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000275 bool Changed = false;
276 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
277 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
278
279 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
280 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000281 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
282 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
283 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000284 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
285 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
286 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000287 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
288 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
289 return true;
290 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
291 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
292 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
293 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
294 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
295
296 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000297 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000298 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
299 Op1->getOperand(0),
300 Op1->getName(), &I);
301 WorkList.push_back(New);
302 I.setOperand(0, New);
303 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
304 return true;
305 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000306 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000307 return Changed;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000308}
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000309
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000310// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
311// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000312//
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000313static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
314 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
315 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
316
Chris Lattner9ad0d552004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000317 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
318 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
319 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000320 return 0;
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000321}
322
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000323static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
324 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
325 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
326
327 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattnerdd65d862003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000328 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000329 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000330 return 0;
331}
332
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000333// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
334// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000335// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
336// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000337//
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000338static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000339 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000340 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000341 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000342 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000343 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000344 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000345 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000346 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
347 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
348 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
349 return I->getOperand(0);
350 }
351 }
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000352 return 0;
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000353}
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000354
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000355/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
356/// expression, return it.
357static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
358 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
359 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
360 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
361 return cast<User>(V);
362 return false;
363}
364
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000365// Log2 - Calculate the log base 2 for the specified value if it is exactly a
366// power of 2.
367static unsigned Log2(uint64_t Val) {
368 assert(Val > 1 && "Values 0 and 1 should be handled elsewhere!");
369 unsigned Count = 0;
370 while (Val != 1) {
371 if (Val & 1) return 0; // Multiple bits set?
372 Val >>= 1;
373 ++Count;
374 }
375 return Count;
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000376}
377
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000378// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000379static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
380 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
381 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000382}
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000383static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
384 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
385 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000386}
387
388// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
389// true when both operands are equal...
390//
391static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
392 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
393 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
394 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
395}
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000396
397/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
398/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
399/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
400/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
401/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
402/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
403/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
404///
405template<typename Functor>
406Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
407 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
408 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
409
410 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
411 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
412 return F.apply(Root);
413
414 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
415 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000416 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000417 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
418 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
419
420 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
421 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
422 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
423 ShouldApply = true;
424 }
425
426 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
427 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
428 if (ShouldApply) {
429 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000430
431 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
432 // and perform the reassociation.
433 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
434
435 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
436 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
437
438 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
439 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000440 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000441 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
442 return 0;
443 }
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000444 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000445 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000446 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
447 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
448 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
449 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000450
451 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
452 // get to LHSI.
453 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
454 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000455 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
456 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
457 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
458 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
459 ARI = NextLHSI;
460
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000461 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
462 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
463 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
464 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
465 }
466
467 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
468 // the transformation...
469 return F.apply(Root);
470 }
471
472 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
473 }
474 return 0;
475}
476
477
478// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
479struct AddRHS {
480 Value *RHS;
481 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
482 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
483 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
484 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
485 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
486 }
487};
488
489// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
490// iff C1&C2 == 0
491struct AddMaskingAnd {
492 Constant *C2;
493 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
494 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000495 ConstantInt *C1;
496 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
497 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000498 }
499 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000500 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000501 }
502};
503
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000504static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000505 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000506 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
507 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
508 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
509
510 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
511 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
512 }
513
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000514 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000515 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
516 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000517
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000518 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
519 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000520 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
521 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000522 }
523
524 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
525 if (!ConstIsRHS)
526 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
527 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000528 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
529 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
530 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
531 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000532 else {
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000533 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000534 abort();
535 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000536 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
537}
538
539// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
540// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
541// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
542// not have a second operand.
543static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
544 InstCombiner *IC) {
545 // Don't modify shared select instructions
546 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
547 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
548 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
549
550 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
551 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
552 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
553
554 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
555 SelectFalseVal);
556 }
557 return 0;
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000558}
559
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000560
561/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
562/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
563/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
564Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
565 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000566 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
567 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
568 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000569
570 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
571 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000572 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000573 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
574 return 0;
575
576 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
577 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
578 I.setName("");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +0000579 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000580 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
581
582 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
583 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
584 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000585 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000586 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
587 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
588 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
589 }
590 } else {
591 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
592 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000593 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000594 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
595 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
596 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
597 }
598 }
599 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
600}
601
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000602Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000603 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000604 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000605
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000606 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000607 // X + undef -> undef
608 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
609 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
610
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000611 // X + 0 --> X
612 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint() && // -0 + +0 = +0, so it's not a noop
613 RHSC->isNullValue())
614 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
615
616 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
617 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
618 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
619 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattner33eb9092004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000620 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000621 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000622 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000623
624 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
625 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
626 return NV;
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000627 }
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000628
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000629 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000630 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000631 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000632 }
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000633
Chris Lattner147e9752002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000634 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000635 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000636 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000637
638 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000639 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
640 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000641 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000642
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000643 ConstantInt *C2;
644 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
645 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
646 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
647
648 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
649 ConstantInt *C1;
650 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
651 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000652 }
653
654 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000655 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
656 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
657
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000658
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000659 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000660 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000661 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000662
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000663 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000664 Value *X;
665 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
666 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
667 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000668 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000669
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000670 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
671 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
672 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
673 if (Anded == CRHS) {
674 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
675 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
676 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
677
678 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
679 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
680 AddRHSHighBits &= (1ULL << C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
681
682 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
683 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
684
685 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
686 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
687 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
688 LHS->getName()), I);
689 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
690 }
691 }
692 }
693
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000694 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
695 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000696 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000697 return R;
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000698 }
699
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000700 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000701}
702
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000703// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
704// highest order bit set.
705static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
706 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
707 return (CI->getRawValue() & ~(-1LL << NumBits)) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
708}
709
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000710static unsigned getTypeSizeInBits(const Type *Ty) {
711 return Ty == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
712}
713
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000714/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
715///
716static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
717 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
718 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
719 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
720 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
721 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSize() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSize())
722 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
723 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
724 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
725 }
726 return V;
727}
728
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000729Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000730 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000731
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000732 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
733 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000734
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000735 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000736 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000737 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000738
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000739 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
740 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
741 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
742 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
743
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000744 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
745 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000746 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
747 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000748
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000749 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000750 Value *X;
751 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
752 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000753 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000754 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
755 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000756 if (C->isNullValue()) {
757 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
758 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000759 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
760 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
761 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000762 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000763 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000764 else
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000765 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000766 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000767 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1) {
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000768 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
769 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
770 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
771 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
772 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
773 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
774 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000775 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
776 return NewShift;
777 else {
778 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
779 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
780 }
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000781 }
782 }
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000783 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000784
785 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
786 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000787 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000788 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000789
790 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
791 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
792 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000793 }
794
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000795 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
796 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
797 !Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
798 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
799 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
800 else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
801 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0), I.getName());
802 }
803
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000804 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000805 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
806 // is not used by anyone else...
807 //
Chris Lattnerc2f0aa52004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000808 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
809 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000810 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
811 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
812 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
813 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
814
815 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000816 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000817 }
818
819 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
820 //
821 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
822 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
823 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
824
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000825 Value *NewNot =
826 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000827 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000828 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000829
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000830 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
831 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
832 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000833 if (CSI->isNullValue())
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000834 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
835 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
836 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
837
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000838 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000839 ConstantInt *C2;
840 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
841 Constant *CP1 =
842 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000843 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000844 }
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000845 }
Chris Lattnera9be4492005-04-07 16:15:25 +0000846 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000847
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +0000848 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
849 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
850 if (!Op0->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
851 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
852 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
853 else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
854 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
855 }
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000856
857 ConstantInt *C1;
858 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
859 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
860 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
861 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
862 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000863
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000864 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
865 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
866 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
867 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000868 return 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000869}
870
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000871/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
872/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
873static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
874 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
875 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
876 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
877 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
878 } else {
879 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
880 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
881 // the size of the integer type.
882 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
883 return RHSC->getValue() == 1ULL<<(RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
884 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
885 return RHSC->getValue() ==
886 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1))-1;
887 }
888 return false;
889}
890
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000891Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000892 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000893 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000894
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000895 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
896 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
897
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000898 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000899 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
900 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000901
902 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
903 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
904 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
905 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000906 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
907 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000908
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000909 if (CI->isNullValue())
910 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
911 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
912 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
913 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner35236d82003-06-25 17:09:20 +0000914 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000915
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000916 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000917 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val)) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
918 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
919 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000920 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000921 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
922 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000923
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000924 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
925 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
926 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
927 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
928 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000929
930 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
931 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000932 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000933 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000934
935 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
936 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
937 return NV;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000938 }
939
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000940 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
941 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000942 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000943
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000944 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
945 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
946 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
947 // formed.
948 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
949 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
950 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
951 BoolCast = CI;
952 if (!BoolCast)
953 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
954 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
955 BoolCast = CI;
956 if (BoolCast) {
957 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
958 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
959 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
960
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000961 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
962 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
963 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
964 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000965 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
966 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
967 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000968 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000969 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000970 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
971 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
972 }
973
974 Value *V =
975 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
976 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
977 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000978
979 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
980 // or truncate to the multiply type.
981 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000982 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000983
984 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000985 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000986 }
987 }
988 }
989
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000990 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000991}
992
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000993Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000994 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000995
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000996 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
997 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
998 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
999 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
1000
1001 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001002 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001003 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001004 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001005
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001006 // div X, -1 == -X
1007 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001008 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +00001009
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001010 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001011 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
1012 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00001013 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
1014 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
1015 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
1016 }
1017
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001018 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
1019 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1020 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1021 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
1022 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001023 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001024 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001025
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001026 // -X/C -> X/-C
1027 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001028 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001029 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1030
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001031 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1032 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001033 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001034 return R;
1035 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1036 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1037 return NV;
1038 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001039 }
1040
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001041 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1042 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1043 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1044 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1045 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1046 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1047 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1048 return &I;
1049 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1050 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1051 return &I;
1052 }
1053
1054 if (uint64_t TSA = Log2(STO->getValue()))
1055 if (uint64_t FSA = Log2(SFO->getValue())) {
1056 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1057 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1058 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1059 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
1060
1061 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1062 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1063 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1064 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1065 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1066 }
1067 }
1068
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001069 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001070 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001071 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1072 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1073
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001074 return 0;
1075}
1076
1077
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001078Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001079 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001080 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001081 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner98c6bdf2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001082 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattner8e726062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001083 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001084 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1085 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1086 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1087 return &I;
1088 }
1089
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001090 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001091 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001092 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1093 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001094
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001095 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001096 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1097 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1098
1099 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1100 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1101 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1102 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattnerd9e58132004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001103 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001104 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1105 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1106
1107 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1108 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001109 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001110 return R;
1111 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1112 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1113 return NV;
1114 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001115 }
1116
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001117 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1118 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1119 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1120 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1121 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1122 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1123 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1124 return &I;
1125 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1126 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1127 return &I;
1128 }
1129
1130 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1131 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1132 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1133 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1134 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1135 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1136 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1137 }
1138 }
1139
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001140 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001141 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001142 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001143 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1144
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001145 return 0;
1146}
1147
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001148// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001149static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001150 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1151 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
1152 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1153 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1154 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1155 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1156 }
1157
1158 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1159
1160 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
1161 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1162 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1163 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1164 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1165}
1166
1167// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001168static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001169 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1170 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1171
1172 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1173
1174 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
1175 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1176 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1177 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1178 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1179}
1180
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001181// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1182// constant.
1183static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1184 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1185 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1186}
1187
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001188#if 0 // Currently unused
1189// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1190static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1191 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1192
1193 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1194 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1195
1196 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1197 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1198}
1199#endif
1200
1201// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1202// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1203static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1204 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
1205
1206 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1207 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1208
1209 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1210 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1211}
1212
1213
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001214/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1215/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1216///
1217/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1218///
1219/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1220/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1221/// if A < B.
1222///
1223static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1224 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1225 // False -> 0
1226 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1227 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1228 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1229 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1230 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1231 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1232 // True -> 7
1233 default:
1234 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1235 return 0;
1236 }
1237}
1238
1239/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1240/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1241/// SetCC instruction.
1242static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1243 switch (Opcode) {
1244 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1245 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1246 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1247 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1248 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1249 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1250 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1251 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1252 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1253 }
1254}
1255
1256// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1257struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1258 InstCombiner &IC;
1259 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1260 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1261 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1262 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1263 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1264 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1265 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1266 return false;
1267 }
1268 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1269 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1270 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1271 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1272 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1273 }
1274
1275 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1276 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1277 unsigned Code;
1278 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1279 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1280 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1281 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner2caaaba2003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001282 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001283 }
1284
1285 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1286 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1287 return I;
1288 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1289 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1290 }
1291};
1292
1293
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001294/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
1295/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
1296/// be the same type.
1297static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
1298 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || Mask->isNullValue())
1299 return true;
1300 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
1301 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
1302
1303 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
1304 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1305 case Instruction::And:
1306 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
1307 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1)))
1308 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue())
1309 return true;
1310 break;
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001311 case Instruction::Or:
1312 // If the LHS and the RHS are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
1313 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask) &&
1314 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0), Mask);
1315 case Instruction::Select:
1316 // If the T and F values are MaskedValueIsZero, the result is also zero.
1317 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(2), Mask) &&
1318 MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(1), Mask);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001319 case Instruction::Cast: {
1320 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
1321 if (SrcTy->isIntegral()) {
1322 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
1323 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
1324 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
1325 return true;
1326
1327 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
1328 if (SrcTy != Type::BoolTy)
1329 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() ==I->getType()) ||
1330 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
1331 Constant *NewMask =
1332 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
1333 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1334 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
1335 }
1336 }
1337 break;
1338 }
1339 case Instruction::Shl:
1340 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 << C1) & C2 == 0
1341 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
1342 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1343 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C1, SA);
1344 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1345 if (C1->isNullValue())
1346 return true;
1347 }
1348 break;
1349 case Instruction::Shr:
1350 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
1351 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1352 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1353 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1354 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
1355 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1356 if (C1->isNullValue())
1357 return true;
1358 }
1359 break;
1360 }
1361 }
1362
1363 return false;
1364}
1365
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001366// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1367// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1368// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1369Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1370 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1371 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1372 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1373 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerfcf21a72004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001374 Constant *Together = 0;
1375 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001376 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001377
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001378 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1379 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001380 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001381 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1382 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001383 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001384 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001385 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001386 }
1387 break;
1388 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001389 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1390 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001391
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001392 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1393 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1394 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1395 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1396 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1397 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001398 }
1399 break;
1400 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001401 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001402 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1403 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1404 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001405 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001406
1407 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
1408 AndRHSV &= (1ULL << AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
1409
1410 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001411 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001412 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1413 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1414 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001415 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001416
1417 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1418 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1419 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1420 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1421 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1422 // no effect.
1423 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1424 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1425 return &TheAnd;
1426 } else {
1427 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1428 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001429 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001430 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001431 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001432 }
1433 }
1434 }
1435 }
1436 break;
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001437
1438 case Instruction::Shl: {
1439 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1440 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1441 //
1442 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001443 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1444 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
1445
1446 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1447 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1448 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001449 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1450 return &TheAnd;
1451 }
1452 break;
1453 }
1454 case Instruction::Shr:
1455 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1456 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1457 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1458 //
1459 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1460 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001461 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1462 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1463
1464 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1465 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1466 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1467 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001468 return &TheAnd;
1469 }
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001470 } else { // Signed shr.
1471 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1472 // with an and.
1473 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1474 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1475 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1476 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner5c3c21e2004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001477 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001478 // Make the argument unsigned.
1479 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1480 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1481 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1482 TheAnd);
1483 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1484 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1485 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner70c20392004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001486 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1487 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1488 TheAnd.getName()),
1489 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001490 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1491 }
1492 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001493 }
1494 break;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001495 }
1496 return 0;
1497}
1498
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001499
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001500/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1501/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1502/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1503/// insert new instructions.
1504Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1505 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1506 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1507 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1508 if (Inside) {
1509 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1510 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1511 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1512 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
1513
1514 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1515 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1516 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1517 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1518 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1519 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1520 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1521 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1522 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1523 }
1524
1525 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1526 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1527
1528 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1529 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1530 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1531
1532 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1533 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1534 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1535 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1536 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1537 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1538 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1539 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1540 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1541 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1542}
1543
1544
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001545Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001546 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001547 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001548
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001549 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1550 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1551
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001552 // and X, X = X
1553 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001554 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001555
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001556 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001557 // and X, -1 == X
1558 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001559 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001560
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001561 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1562 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1563
1564 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1565 // and in the first place.
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001566 ConstantIntegral *NotAndRHS =
1567 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS));
1568 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, NotAndRHS))
1569 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001570
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001571 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1572 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1573 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001574 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1575 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1576 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1577 case Instruction::Xor:
1578 case Instruction::Or:
1579 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1580 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1581 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
1582 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
1583 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1584 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
Chris Lattner9e2c7fa2005-01-23 20:26:55 +00001585
1586 // If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
1587 if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
1588 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1589 // Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
1590 Instruction *NewRHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
1591 Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
1592 InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, I);
1593 return BinaryOperator::create(
1594 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
1595 }
1596 if (!isa<Constant>(NotAndRHS) &&
1597 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
1598 // Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
1599 Instruction *NewLHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
1600 Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
1601 InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, I);
1602 return BinaryOperator::create(
1603 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
1604 }
1605 }
1606
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001607 break;
1608 case Instruction::And:
1609 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1610 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1611 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1612 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1613 break;
1614 }
1615
Chris Lattner16464b32003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001616 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001617 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001618 return Res;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001619 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1620 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1621
1622 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1623 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
1624 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
1625
1626 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1627 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1628 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1629 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1630 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1631 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1632 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1633 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1634 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1635 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1636 return &I;
1637 }
1638
1639 } else {
1640 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1641 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1642 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1643 // it.
1644 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1645 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1646 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1647 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1648 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1649 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1650 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1651 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1652 Instruction *NC =
1653 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1654 CI->getName()+".uns");
1655 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1656 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1657 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1658 CI->setName("");
1659 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1660 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1661 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1662 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1663 }
1664 }
1665 }
1666 }
Chris Lattner33217db2003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001667 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001668
1669 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1670 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001671 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001672 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001673 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1674 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1675 return NV;
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001676 }
1677
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001678 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1679 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001680
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001681 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1682 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1683
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001684 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001685 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001686 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1687 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001688 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001689 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1690 }
1691
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001692 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1693 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001694 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1695 return R;
1696
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001697 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1698 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1699 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1700 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1701 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1702 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1703 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1704 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1705 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1706 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1707 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1708 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1709 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1710 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1711 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1712 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1713 }
1714
1715 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1716 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1717 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1718 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1719 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1720 // equal.
1721 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1722
1723 switch (LHSCC) {
1724 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1725 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1726 switch (RHSCC) {
1727 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1728 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1729 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1730 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1731 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1732 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1733 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1734 }
1735 case Instruction::SetNE:
1736 switch (RHSCC) {
1737 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1738 case Instruction::SetLT:
1739 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1740 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1741 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1742 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1743 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1744 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1745 case Instruction::SetNE:
1746 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1747 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1748 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1749 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1750 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1751 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1752 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1753 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1754 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1755 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1756 }
1757 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1758 }
1759 break;
1760 case Instruction::SetLT:
1761 switch (RHSCC) {
1762 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1763 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1764 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1765 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1766 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1767 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1768 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1769 }
1770 case Instruction::SetGT:
1771 switch (RHSCC) {
1772 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1773 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
1774 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1775 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1776 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1777 case Instruction::SetNE:
1778 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
1779 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
1780 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001781 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
1782 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001783 }
1784 }
1785 }
1786 }
1787
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001788 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001789}
1790
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001791Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001792 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001793 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001794
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001795 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1796 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
1797 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1798
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001799 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001800 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
1801 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001802
1803 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001804 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001805 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
1806 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
1807 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1808 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
1809 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001810
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001811 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
1812 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
1813 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1814 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1815 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1816 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1817 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
1818 }
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001819
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001820 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
1821 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1822 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1823 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1824 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1825 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
1826 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001827 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001828
1829 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1830 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001831 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001832 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001833 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1834 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1835 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001836 }
1837
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001838 // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001839 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
1840 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1841 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) && A == B)
1842 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001843
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001844 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
1845 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
1846 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1847 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1848 } else {
1849 A = 0;
1850 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001851
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001852 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
1853 if (Op0 == B)
1854 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1855 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001856
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001857 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001858 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
1859 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
1860 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
1861 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
1862 }
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001863 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001864
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001865 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001866 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001867 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1868 return R;
1869
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001870 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1871 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1872 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1873 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1874 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1875 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
1876 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1877 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1878 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1879 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1880 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1881 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1882 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1883 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1884 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1885 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1886 }
1887
1888 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1889 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
1890 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1891 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1892 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1893 // equal.
1894 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1895
1896 switch (LHSCC) {
1897 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1898 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1899 switch (RHSCC) {
1900 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1901 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1902 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
1903 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1904 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1905 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1906 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1907 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1908 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1909 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
1910 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1911 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1912 }
1913 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
1914
1915 case Instruction::SetGT:
1916 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> X > 13
1917 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1918 break; // (X == 13 | X > 15) -> no change
1919 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1920 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1921 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1922 }
1923 break;
1924 case Instruction::SetNE:
1925 switch (RHSCC) {
1926 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1927 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1928 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1929 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
1930 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
1931 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1932 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
1933 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1934 }
1935 break;
1936 case Instruction::SetLT:
1937 switch (RHSCC) {
1938 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1939 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
1940 break;
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001941 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
1942 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001943 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1944 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1945 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1946 }
1947 break;
1948 case Instruction::SetGT:
1949 switch (RHSCC) {
1950 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1951 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
1952 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
1953 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1954 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
1955 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
1956 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1957 }
1958 }
1959 }
1960 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001961 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001962}
1963
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001964// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
1965struct XorSelf {
1966 Value *RHS;
1967 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
1968 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
1969 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
1970 return &Xor;
1971 }
1972};
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001973
1974
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001975Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001976 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001977 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001978
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001979 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1980 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
1981
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001982 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
1983 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
1984 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001985 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001986 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001987
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001988 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001989 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001990 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001991 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001992
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001993 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001994 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001995 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001996 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001997 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
1998 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001999
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +00002000 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002001 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
2002 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002003 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
2004 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002005 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002006 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002007 }
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00002008
2009 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
2010 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
2011 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
2012 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
2013 Instruction *NotY =
2014 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
2015 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
2016 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
2017 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
2018 }
2019 }
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002020
2021 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002022 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
2023 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002024 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002025 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002026 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
2027 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
2028 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002029 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00002030 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002031 }
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002032 break;
2033 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002034 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002035 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
2036 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002037 break;
2038 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002039 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002040 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002041 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00002042 break;
2043 default: break;
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00002044 }
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00002045 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002046
2047 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
2048 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00002049 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00002050 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002051 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2052 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2053 return NV;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002054 }
2055
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002056 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002057 if (X == Op1)
2058 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2059 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2060
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002061 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002062 if (X == Op0)
2063 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2064 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2065
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002066 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002067 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002068 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2069 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2070 I.swapOperands();
2071 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2072 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2073 I.swapOperands();
2074 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002075 }
2076 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2077 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2078 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2079 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2080 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2081 }
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002082
2083 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002084 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002085 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2086 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002087 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002088 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2089 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002090 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002091 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002092 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2093 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2094 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2095 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2096 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002097 }
2098
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002099 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002100 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2101 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2102 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002103 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002104 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002105
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002106 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2107 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2108 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2109 return R;
2110
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002111 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002112}
2113
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002114/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2115/// overflowed for this type.
2116static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2117 ConstantInt *In2) {
2118 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2119 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2120}
2121
2122static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2123 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2124}
2125
2126/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2127/// overflowed for this type.
2128static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2129 ConstantInt *In2) {
2130 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2131
2132 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2133 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2134 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2135 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2136 return false;
2137 if (isPositive(In1))
2138 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2139 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2140 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2141 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2142}
2143
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002144/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2145/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2146/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2147static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2148 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2149 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2150 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2151 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2152 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2153
2154 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2155 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2156 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2157
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002158 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2159 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
Chris Lattnerd35d2102005-01-13 23:26:48 +00002160 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002161 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2162 SIntPtrTy);
2163 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2164 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002165 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002166 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2167 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2168 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2169 else {
2170 // Emit an add instruction.
2171 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2172 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2173 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2174 }
2175 }
2176 } else {
Chris Lattner7aa41cf2005-01-14 17:17:59 +00002177 // Convert to correct type.
2178 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2179 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2180 if (Size != 1)
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002181 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2182 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2183 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002184
2185 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002186 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002187 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2188 }
2189 }
2190 return Result;
2191}
2192
2193/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2194/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2195Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2196 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2197 Instruction &I) {
2198 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002199
2200 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
2201 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
2202 RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
2203
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002204 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2205 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2206 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2207 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2208 // index is zero or not.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002209 if (Cond == Instruction::SetEQ || Cond == Instruction::SetNE) {
2210 Instruction *InVal = 0;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002211 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPLHS);
2212 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002213 bool EmitIt = true;
2214 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
2215 if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
2216 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
2217 if (C->isNullValue())
2218 EmitIt = false;
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00002219 else if (TD->getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) {
2220 EmitIt = false; // This is indexing into a zero sized array?
2221 } else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002222 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2223 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetNE));
2224 }
2225
2226 if (EmitIt) {
2227 Instruction *Comp =
2228 new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
2229 Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
2230 if (InVal == 0)
2231 InVal = Comp;
2232 else {
2233 InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
2234 InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
2235 if (Cond == Instruction::SetNE) // True if any are unequal
2236 InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
2237 else // True if all are equal
2238 InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
2239 }
2240 }
2241 }
2242
2243 if (InVal)
2244 return InVal;
2245 else
2246 ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
2247 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2248 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002249
2250 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2251 // the result to fold to a constant!
2252 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2253 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2254 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2255 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2256 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2257 }
2258 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
2259 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0))
2260 return 0;
2261
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002262 // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
2263 bool AllZeros = true;
2264 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2265 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2266 !cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2267 AllZeros = false;
2268 break;
2269 }
2270 if (AllZeros)
2271 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2272 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Cond), I);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002273
2274 // If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002275 AllZeros = true;
2276 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2277 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2278 !cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2279 AllZeros = false;
2280 break;
2281 }
2282 if (AllZeros)
2283 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
2284
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002285 if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
2286 // If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
2287 unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
2288 unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
2289 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2290 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002291 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() !=
2292 GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
2293 // Irreconcilable differences.
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002294 NumDifferences = 2;
2295 break;
2296 } else {
2297 if (NumDifferences++) break;
2298 DiffOperand = i;
2299 }
2300 }
2301
2302 if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
2303 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2304 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2305 else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
Chris Lattnerfc4429e2005-01-21 23:06:49 +00002306 Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2307 Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
2308 if (LHSV->getType() != RHSV->getType())
2309 LHSV = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(LHSV, RHSV->getType(),
2310 LHSV->getName()+".c"), I);
2311 return new SetCondInst(Cond, LHSV, RHSV);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002312 }
2313 }
2314
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002315 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2316 // the result to fold to a constant!
2317 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2318 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2319 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2320 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2321 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2322 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2323 }
2324 }
2325 return 0;
2326}
2327
2328
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002329Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002330 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002331 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2332 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002333
2334 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002335 if (Op0 == Op1)
2336 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner1fc23f32002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002337
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002338 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2339 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2340
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002341 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2342 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
2343 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2344 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2345 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
2346 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002347 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2348
2349 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2350 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002351 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2352 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2353 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002354 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002355 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002356 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002357 }
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002358 case Instruction::SetNE:
2359 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002360
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002361 case Instruction::SetGT:
2362 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2363 // FALL THROUGH
2364 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2365 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2366 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2367 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2368 }
2369 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002370 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002371 // FALL THROUGH
2372 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2373 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2374 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2375 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2376 }
2377 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002378 }
2379
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002380 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2381 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002382 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002383 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2384 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2385 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2386 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2387 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2388 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2389 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2390 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2391 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2392 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2393
2394 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2395 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2396 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2397 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2398 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2399 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2400 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2401 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2402 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2403
2404 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2405 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2406 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2407 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2408 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2409 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2410
2411 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2412 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2413 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2414 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2415 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2416 }
2417
2418 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2419 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2420 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2421 //
2422 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2423 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2424 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2425 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2426
Chris Lattnere1e10e12004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002427 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002428 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002429 case Instruction::PHI:
2430 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2431 return NV;
2432 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002433 case Instruction::And:
2434 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2435 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2436 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2437 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2438 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2439 // access.
2440 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2441 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2442 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2443 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2444 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
2445
2446 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2447 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2448 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2449 if (ShAmt) {
2450 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002451 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002452 if (!CanFold) {
2453 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2454 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
2455 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd8f5e2c2004-07-21 20:14:10 +00002456 Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8-ShAmt->getValue());
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002457 Constant *ShVal =
2458 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2459 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2460 CanFold = true;
2461 }
2462
2463 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002464 Constant *NewCst;
2465 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2466 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2467 else
2468 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002469
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002470 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2471 // compared.
2472 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2473 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2474 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2475 // result is always true or false now.
2476 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2477 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2478 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2479 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2480 } else {
2481 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002482 Constant *NewAndCST;
2483 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2484 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2485 else
2486 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2487 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002488 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2489 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2490 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2491 return &I;
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002492 }
2493 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002494 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002495 }
2496 break;
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002497
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002498 // (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00002499 case Instruction::Cast:
2500 if (Instruction *R =
2501 visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(I,cast<CastInst>(LHSI),CI))
2502 return R;
Chris Lattnerbe7a69e2004-09-29 03:09:18 +00002503 break;
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002504
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002505 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2506 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2507 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2508 default: break;
2509 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2510 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2511 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2512 // comparison cannot succeed.
2513 Constant *Comp =
2514 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2515 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2516 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2517 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2518 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2519 }
2520
2521 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2522 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002523 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002524 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2525 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2526
2527 Constant *Mask;
2528 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2529 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2530 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2531 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2532 } else {
2533 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2534 }
2535
2536 Instruction *AndI =
2537 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2538 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2539 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2540 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2541 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2542 }
2543 }
2544 }
2545 }
2546 break;
2547
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002548 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002549 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002550 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2551 default: break;
2552 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2553 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2554 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2555 // comparison cannot succeed.
2556 Constant *Comp =
2557 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2558
2559 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2560 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2561 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2562 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2563 }
2564
2565 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002566 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002567
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002568 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2569 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2570 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2571
2572 Constant *Mask;
2573 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2574 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattnercfe2822c2005-03-04 23:21:33 +00002575 if (TypeBits != 64)
2576 Val &= (1ULL << TypeBits)-1;
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002577 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2578 } else {
2579 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2580 }
2581
2582 Instruction *AndI =
2583 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2584 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2585 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2586 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2587 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2588 }
2589 break;
2590 }
2591 }
2592 }
2593 break;
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002594
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002595 case Instruction::Div:
2596 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2597 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2598 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2599 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2600 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2601 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2602 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2603 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2604
2605 ConstantInt *Prod;
2606 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2607
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002608 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2609
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002610 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2611 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2612 LoBound = Prod;
2613 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2614 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2615 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2616 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2617 // Can't overflow.
2618 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2619 HiBound = DivRHS;
2620 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2621 LoBound = Prod;
2622 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2623 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2624 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2625 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2626 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2627 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2628 HiBound = Prod;
2629 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2630 }
2631 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2632 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2633 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2634 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
2635 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2636 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2637 if (!LoOverflow)
2638 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2639 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2640 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2641 LoBound = Prod;
2642 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2643 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2644 }
Chris Lattner0b41e862004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002645
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002646 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2647 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002648 }
2649
2650 if (LoBound) {
2651 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002652 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002653 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2654 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2655 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2656 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2657 else if (HiOverflow)
2658 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2659 else if (LoOverflow)
2660 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2661 else
2662 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2663 case Instruction::SetNE:
2664 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2665 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2666 else if (HiOverflow)
2667 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2668 else if (LoOverflow)
2669 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2670 else
2671 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2672 case Instruction::SetLT:
2673 if (LoOverflow)
2674 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2675 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2676 case Instruction::SetGT:
2677 if (HiOverflow)
2678 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2679 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2680 }
2681 }
2682 }
2683 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002684 case Instruction::Select:
2685 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
2686 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
2687 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
2688 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
2689 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002690 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002691 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2692 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2693 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2694 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002695 LHSI->getOperand(2), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002696 I.getName()), I);
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002697 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002698 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2699 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2700 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2701 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002702 LHSI->getOperand(1), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002703 I.getName()), I);
2704 }
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002705 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002706
2707 if (Op1)
2708 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
2709 break;
2710 }
2711
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002712 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2713 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2714 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2715 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2716
Chris Lattnercfbce7c2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00002717 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002718 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002719 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
2720 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002721 case Instruction::Rem:
2722 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
2723 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
2724 BO->hasOneUse() &&
2725 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1)
2726 if (unsigned L2 =
2727 Log2(cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue())) {
2728 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2729 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
2730 UTy, "tmp"), I);
2731 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
2732 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
2733 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
2734 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
2735 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
2736 }
2737 break;
2738
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002739 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002740 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
2741 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerb121ae12004-09-21 21:35:23 +00002742 if (BO->hasOneUse())
2743 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2744 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002745 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002746 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
2747 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
2748 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002749
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002750 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
2751 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
2752 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
2753 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002754 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002755 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
2756 BO->setName("");
2757 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
2758 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
2759 }
2760 }
2761 break;
2762 case Instruction::Xor:
2763 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
2764 // the explicit xor.
2765 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
2766 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002767 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002768
2769 // FALLTHROUGH
2770 case Instruction::Sub:
2771 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
2772 if (CI->isNullValue())
2773 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2774 BO->getOperand(1));
2775 break;
2776
2777 case Instruction::Or:
2778 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
2779 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002780 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002781 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002782 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002783 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002784 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002785 break;
2786
2787 case Instruction::And:
2788 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002789 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
2790 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002791 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
2792 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002793 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002794
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002795 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattneree59d4b2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00002796 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002797 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
2798 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
2799 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002800
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002801 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
2802 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
2803 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
2804 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
2805 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
2806 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00002807 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002808 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002809 }
2810 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
2811 Instruction::SetGE, X,
2812 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
2813 }
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002814
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002815 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002816 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
2817 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002818 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002819
2820 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002821 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
2822 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2823 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
2824 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002825 }
2826
2827 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002828 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002829 }
2830
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002831 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002832 default: break;
2833 }
2834 }
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002835 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
2836 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
2837 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2838 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
2839 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
2840 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize();
2841 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
2842 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
2843 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
2844 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
2845 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
2846 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
2847 // vicinity of zero.
2848 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
2849 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002850 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002851 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1));
2852 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2853 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
2854 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002855 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002856 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1)));
2857 } else {
2858 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
2859 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
2860 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))
2861 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002862 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
2863 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002864 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2865 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1)
2866 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002867 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
2868 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002869 }
2870 }
2871 }
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00002872 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002873 }
2874
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002875 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
2876 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
2877 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
2878 return NI;
2879 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
2880 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
2881 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
2882 return NI;
2883
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002884 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
2885 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002886 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2887 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
2888 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00002889 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002890 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2891 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
2892 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
2893 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002894 Op0 = CastOp0;
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002895
2896 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
2897 // well.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002898 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2899 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002900 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002901 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002902
2903 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
2904 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
2905 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2906 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
2907 } else {
2908 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
2909 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
2910 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
2911 }
2912 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
2913 }
2914
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002915 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
2916 // This comes up when you have code like
2917 // int X = A < B;
2918 // if (X) ...
2919 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
2920 // with a constant.
2921 if (ConstantInt *ConstantRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
2922 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp0->getType();
2923 const Type *DestTy = Op0->getType();
2924 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
2925 (SrcTy->isUnsigned() || SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)) {
2926 // Ok, we have an expansion of operand 0 into a new type. Get the
2927 // constant value, masink off bits which are not set in the RHS. These
2928 // could be set if the destination value is signed.
2929 uint64_t ConstVal = ConstantRHS->getRawValue();
2930 ConstVal &= (1ULL << DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
2931
2932 // If the constant we are comparing it with has high bits set, which
2933 // don't exist in the original value, the values could never be equal,
2934 // because the source would be zero extended.
2935 unsigned SrcBits =
2936 SrcTy == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00002937 bool HasSignBit = ConstVal & (1ULL << (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1));
2938 if (ConstVal & ~((1ULL << SrcBits)-1)) {
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002939 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2940 default: assert(0 && "Unknown comparison type!");
2941 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2942 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2943 case Instruction::SetNE:
2944 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2945 case Instruction::SetLT:
2946 case Instruction::SetLE:
2947 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2948 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2949 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2950 case Instruction::SetGT:
2951 case Instruction::SetGE:
2952 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2953 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2954 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2955 }
2956 }
2957
2958 // Otherwise, we can replace the setcc with a setcc of the smaller
2959 // operand value.
2960 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(cast<Constant>(Op1), SrcTy);
2961 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), CastOp0, Op1);
2962 }
2963 }
2964 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002965 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002966}
2967
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002968// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant - this method is part of the
2969// visitSetCondInst method. It handles the situation where we have:
2970// (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
2971// It tries to remove the cast and even the setcc if the CI value
2972// and range of the cast allow it.
2973Instruction *
2974InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
2975 CastInst* LHSI,
2976 ConstantInt* CI) {
2977 const Type *SrcTy = LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType();
2978 const Type *DestTy = LHSI->getType();
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00002979 if (!SrcTy->isIntegral() || !DestTy->isIntegral())
2980 return 0;
2981
2982 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2983 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2984 if (SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)
2985 SrcBits = 1;
2986 if (DestTy == Type::BoolTy)
2987 DestBits = 1;
2988 if (SrcBits < DestBits) {
2989 // There are fewer bits in the source of the cast than in the result
2990 // of the cast. Any other case doesn't matter because the constant
2991 // value won't have changed due to sign extension.
2992 Constant *NewCst = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
2993 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(NewCst, DestTy) == CI) {
2994 // The constant value operand of the setCC before and after a
2995 // cast to the source type of the cast instruction is the same
2996 // value, so we just replace with the same setcc opcode, but
2997 // using the source value compared to the constant casted to the
2998 // source type.
2999 if (SrcTy->isSigned() && DestTy->isUnsigned()) {
3000 CastInst* Cst = new CastInst(LHSI->getOperand(0),
3001 SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion(),
3002 LHSI->getName());
3003 InsertNewInstBefore(Cst,I);
3004 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), Cst,
3005 ConstantExpr::getCast(CI,
3006 SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion()));
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003007 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00003008 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), LHSI->getOperand(0),NewCst);
3009 }
3010
3011 // The constant value before and after a cast to the source type
3012 // is different, so various cases are possible depending on the
3013 // opcode and the signs of the types involved in the cast.
3014 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
3015 case Instruction::SetLT: {
3016 return 0;
3017 Constant* Max = ConstantIntegral::getMaxValue(SrcTy);
3018 Max = ConstantExpr::getCast(Max, DestTy);
3019 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetLT(Max, CI));
3020 }
3021 case Instruction::SetGT: {
3022 return 0; // FIXME! RENABLE. This breaks for (cast sbyte to uint) > 255
3023 Constant* Min = ConstantIntegral::getMinValue(SrcTy);
3024 Min = ConstantExpr::getCast(Min, DestTy);
3025 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetGT(Min, CI));
3026 }
3027 case Instruction::SetEQ:
3028 // We're looking for equality, and we know the values are not
3029 // equal so replace with constant False.
3030 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
3031 case Instruction::SetNE:
3032 // We're testing for inequality, and we know the values are not
3033 // equal so replace with constant True.
3034 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
3035 case Instruction::SetLE:
3036 case Instruction::SetGE:
3037 assert(0 && "SetLE and SetGE should be handled elsewhere");
3038 default:
3039 assert(0 && "unknown integer comparison");
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00003040 }
3041 }
3042 return 0;
3043}
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003044
3045
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003046Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003047 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
3048 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003049 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003050
3051 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
3052 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
3053 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00003054 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
3055 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003056
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003057 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
3058 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner67f05452004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003059 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003060 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
3061 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3062 }
3063 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
3064 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())
3065 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3066 else
3067 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
3068 }
3069
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003070 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3071 if (!isLeftShift)
3072 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
3073 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3074 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
3075
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003076 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3077 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3078 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003079 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003080 return R;
3081
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003082 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003083 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
3084 // of a signed value.
3085 //
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003086 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003087 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
3088 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
3089 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
3090 else {
3091 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
3092 return &I;
3093 }
3094 }
Chris Lattner55f3d942002-09-10 23:04:09 +00003095
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003096 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3097 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3098 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3099 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003100 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
3101 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003102
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003103 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3104 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003105 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003106 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003107 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3108 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3109 return NV;
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003110
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003111 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
3112 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
3113 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
3114 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3115 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3116 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
3117 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
3118 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
3119 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
3120 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
3121 // left.
3122 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
3123 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
3124 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
3125 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
3126 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
3127 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
3128 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
3129 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3130 Instruction *NC =
3131 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3132 CI->getName()+".uns");
3133 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3134 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
3135 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
3136 CI->setName("");
3137 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3138 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
3139 I.setOperand(0, NC);
3140 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
3141 }
3142 }
3143 }
3144
3145 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3146 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003147 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3148 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3149 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3150 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3151
3152 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3153 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner44bd3922004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003154 case Instruction::Add:
3155 isValid = isLeftShift;
3156 break;
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003157 case Instruction::Or:
3158 case Instruction::Xor:
3159 highBitSet = false;
3160 break;
3161 case Instruction::And:
3162 highBitSet = true;
3163 break;
3164 }
3165
3166 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3167 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3168 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3169 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3170 // operation.
3171 //
3172 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3173 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3174 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3175 }
3176
3177 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003178 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003179
3180 Instruction *NewShift =
3181 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3182 Op0BO->getName());
3183 Op0BO->setName("");
3184 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3185
3186 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3187 NewRHS);
3188 }
3189 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003190 }
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003191
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003192 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003193 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003194 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3195 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003196 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3197 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003198
3199 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3200 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3201 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003202 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8 < Amt)
3203 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003204 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3205 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3206 }
3207
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003208 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3209 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3210 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003211 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003212 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3213 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003214 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003215 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003216 else
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003217 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003218
3219 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003220 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3221 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003222 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
3223
3224 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3225 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3226 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3227 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3228 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3229 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3230 } else {
3231 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3232 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3233 }
3234 }
3235 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003236 }
Chris Lattner2e0fb392002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003237
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003238 return 0;
3239}
3240
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003241enum CastType {
3242 Noop = 0,
3243 Truncate = 1,
3244 Signext = 2,
3245 Zeroext = 3
3246};
3247
3248/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3249/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3250static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3251 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3252 "Only works on integral types!");
3253 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3254 if (Src == Type::BoolTy) SrcSize = 1;
3255 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3256 if (Dest == Type::BoolTy) DestSize = 1;
3257
3258 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3259 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3260 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3261 return Zeroext;
3262}
3263
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003264
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003265// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3266// instruction.
3267//
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003268static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003269 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003270
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003271 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
3272 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003273 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmane5838c42003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003274 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003275 return true;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003276
Chris Lattner4fbad962004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003277 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3278 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3279 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3280 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3281 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003282
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003283 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3284 // change...
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003285 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003286 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3287 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003288
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003289 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3290 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3291 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3292 // First cast is noop
3293 0, 1, 2, 3,
3294 // First cast is a truncate
3295 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3296 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003297 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003298 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003299 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003300 };
3301
3302 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3303 switch (Result) {
3304 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3305 case 0:
3306 case 1:
3307 case 2:
3308 case 3:
3309 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3310 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3311 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3312 case 4:
3313 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3314 case 5:
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003315 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3316 // is a truncate or noop.
3317 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3318 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3319 return true;
3320 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
3321 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3322 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3732aca2002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003323 }
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003324 }
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003325 return false;
3326}
3327
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003328static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003329 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3330 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003331 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3332 TD))
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003333 return false;
3334 return true;
3335}
3336
3337/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3338/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3339/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3340///
3341Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3342 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3343 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3344 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3345 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3346
3347 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3348 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3349 return CI;
3350}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003351
3352// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003353//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003354Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003355 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3356
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003357 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3358 // instruction...
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003359 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3360 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003361
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003362 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3363 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3364
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003365 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3366 // one!
3367 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003368 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3369 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3370 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3371 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003372 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3373 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003374 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3375 return &CI;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003376 }
3377
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003378 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3379 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3380 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003381 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003382 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003383 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
3384 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() < CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()&&
3385 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003386 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3387 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattner196897c2003-05-26 23:41:32 +00003388 uint64_t AndValue = (1ULL << CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003389 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3390 AndValue);
3391 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3392 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3393 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3394 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3395 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3396 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3397 }
3398 return And;
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003399 }
3400 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003401
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003402 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3403 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003404 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003405 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3406
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003407 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3408 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3409 //
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003410 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003411 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3412 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3413 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3414 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3415 AllZeroOperands = false;
3416 break;
3417 }
3418 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3419 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3420 return &CI;
3421 }
3422 }
3423
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003424 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3425 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3426 //
3427 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattnerd4d987d2003-11-02 06:54:48 +00003428 if (AI->hasOneUse() && !AI->isArrayAllocation())
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003429 if (const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())) {
3430 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to...
3431 const Type *AllocElTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003432 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003433 if (AllocElTy->isSized() && CastElTy->isSized()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003434 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3435 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00003436
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003437 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3438 if (CastElTySize && (AllocElTySize % CastElTySize == 0)) {
3439 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003440 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003441 std::string Name = AI->getName(); AI->setName("");
3442 AllocationInst *New;
3443 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3444 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3445 else
3446 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3447 InsertNewInstBefore(New, *AI);
3448 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3449 }
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003450 }
3451 }
3452
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003453 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3454 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3455 return NV;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003456 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3457 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3458 return NV;
3459
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003460 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3461 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3462 // for now.
3463 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003464 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003465 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3466 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
3467 unsigned SrcBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(Src->getType());
3468 unsigned DestBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(DestTy);
3469
3470 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3471 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3472
3473 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3474 case Instruction::Add:
3475 case Instruction::Mul:
3476 case Instruction::And:
3477 case Instruction::Or:
3478 case Instruction::Xor:
3479 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3480 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3481 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3482 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3483 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003484 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3485 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003486 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3487 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3488 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3489 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3490 }
3491 }
3492 break;
3493 case Instruction::Shl:
3494 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3495 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3496 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3497 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3498 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3499 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3500 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3501 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3502 }
3503 break;
3504 }
3505 }
3506
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003507 return 0;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003508}
3509
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003510/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
3511/// %C = or %A, %B
3512/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
3513/// into:
3514/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
3515/// %D = or %A, %C
3516///
3517/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
3518/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
3519/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
3520///
3521static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
3522 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3523 case Instruction::Add:
3524 case Instruction::Mul:
3525 case Instruction::And:
3526 case Instruction::Or:
3527 case Instruction::Xor:
3528 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
3529 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
3530 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
3531 case Instruction::Shr:
3532 return 1;
3533 default:
3534 return 0; // Cannot fold
3535 }
3536}
3537
3538/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
3539/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
3540static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
3541 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3542 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
3543 case Instruction::Add:
3544 case Instruction::Sub:
3545 case Instruction::Or:
3546 case Instruction::Xor:
3547 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3548 case Instruction::Shl:
3549 case Instruction::Shr:
3550 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
3551 case Instruction::And:
3552 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
3553 case Instruction::Mul:
3554 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
3555 }
3556}
3557
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003558/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
3559/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
3560Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
3561 Instruction *FI) {
3562 if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
3563 // If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
3564 // merge.
3565 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
3566 if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
3567 return 0;
3568 } else {
3569 return 0; // unknown unary op.
3570 }
3571
3572 // Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
3573 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
3574 FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
3575 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3576 return new CastInst(NewSI, TI->getType());
3577 }
3578
3579 // Only handle binary operators here.
3580 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(TI) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
3581 return 0;
3582
3583 // Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
3584 Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
3585 bool MatchIsOpZero;
3586 if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3587 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3588 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3589 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3590 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3591 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3592 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3593 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3594 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3595 MatchIsOpZero = false;
3596 } else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
3597 return 0;
3598 } else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
3599 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
3600 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
3601 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
3602 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3603 } else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
3604 MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
3605 OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
3606 OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
3607 MatchIsOpZero = true;
3608 } else {
3609 return 0;
3610 }
3611
3612 // If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
3613 SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
3614 OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
3615 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
3616
3617 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
3618 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3619 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3620 else
3621 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3622 } else {
3623 if (MatchIsOpZero)
3624 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
3625 else
3626 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
3627 }
3628}
3629
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003630Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003631 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
3632 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
3633 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
3634
3635 // select true, X, Y -> X
3636 // select false, X, Y -> Y
3637 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003638 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003639 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003640 else {
3641 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003642 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003643 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003644
3645 // select C, X, X -> X
3646 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
3647 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3648
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003649 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
3650 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3651 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
3652 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3653 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
3654 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3655 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3656 else
3657 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3658 }
3659
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003660 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
3661 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
3662 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
3663 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003664 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003665 } else {
3666 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
3667 Value *NotCond =
3668 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3669 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003670 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003671 }
3672 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
3673 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
3674 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003675 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003676 } else {
3677 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
3678 Value *NotCond =
3679 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3680 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003681 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003682 }
3683 }
3684
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003685 // Selecting between two integer constants?
3686 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
3687 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
3688 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
3689 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3690 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
3691 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3692 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
3693 Value *NotCond =
3694 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003695 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003696 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003697 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003698
3699 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
3700 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
3701 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
3702 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
3703 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
3704 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
3705 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3706 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
3707 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
3708 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
3709 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
3710 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
3711 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
3712 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
3713 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
3714 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
3715 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
3716 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
3717 // false val is the zero.
3718 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
3719 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
3720 Value *V = ICA;
3721 if (ShouldNotVal)
3722 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
3723 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
3724 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
3725 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003726 }
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003727
3728 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
3729 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
3730 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
3731 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
3732 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3733 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3734 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
3735 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3736 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3737 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3738
3739 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
3740 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
3741 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003742 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003743 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
3744 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003745 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003746 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3747 }
3748 }
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003749
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003750 if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3751 if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3752 if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
3753 bool isInverse = false;
3754 Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
3755
Chris Lattner411336f2005-01-19 21:50:18 +00003756 // Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
3757 if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
3758 if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
3759 return IV;
3760
3761 // Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
3762 // even legal for FP.
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003763 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3764 FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3765 AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
3766 } else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3767 TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3768 AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
3769 }
3770
3771 if (AddOp) {
3772 Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
3773 if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
3774 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
3775 } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
3776 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
3777 }
3778
3779 if (OtherAddOp) {
3780 // So at this point we know we have:
3781 // select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, ?)
3782 // We can do the transform profitably if either 'Y' = '?' or '?' is
3783 // a constant.
3784 if (SubOp->getOperand(1) == AddOp ||
3785 isa<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3786 Value *NegVal;
3787 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3788 NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
3789 } else {
3790 NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
3791 BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1)), SI);
3792 }
3793
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003794 Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003795 Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
3796 if (AddOp != TI)
3797 std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
3798 Instruction *NewSel =
3799 new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
3800
3801 NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003802 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003803 }
3804 }
3805 }
3806 }
3807
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003808 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
3809 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
3810 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
3811 // transformation we are doing here.
3812 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3813 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3814 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
3815 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
3816 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3817 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
3818 OpToFold = 1;
3819 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
3820 OpToFold = 2;
3821 }
3822
3823 if (OpToFold) {
3824 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
3825 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
3826 Instruction *NewSel =
3827 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
3828 Name);
3829 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3830 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
3831 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3832 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
3833 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3834 else {
3835 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3836 }
3837 }
3838 }
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00003839
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003840 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3841 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3842 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3843 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
3844 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3845 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
3846 OpToFold = 1;
3847 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
3848 OpToFold = 2;
3849 }
3850
3851 if (OpToFold) {
3852 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
3853 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
3854 Instruction *NewSel =
3855 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
3856 Name);
3857 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3858 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
3859 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3860 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
3861 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3862 else {
3863 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3864 }
3865 }
3866 }
3867 }
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003868 return 0;
3869}
3870
3871
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003872// CallInst simplification
3873//
3874Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003875 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
3876 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003877 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
3878 bool Changed = false;
3879
3880 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
3881 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
3882 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3883
3884 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
3885
3886 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
3887 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
3888 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
3889 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
3890 // alignment is sufficient.
3891 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003892 }
3893
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003894 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
3895 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
3896 // into a call to memcpy.
3897 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
3898 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
3899 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
3900 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
3901 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
3902 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
3903 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
3904 Changed = true;
3905 }
3906
3907 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +00003908 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
3909 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
3910 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
3911 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
3912 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
3913 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
3914 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
3915 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
3916 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3917 }
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003918 }
3919
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003920 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003921}
3922
3923// InvokeInst simplification
3924//
3925Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003926 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003927}
3928
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003929// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
3930//
3931Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003932 bool Changed = false;
3933
3934 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
3935 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003936 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
3937
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003938 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003939
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003940 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
3941 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
3942 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
3943 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
3944 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
3945 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
3946 CS.getInstruction());
3947
3948 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
3949 CS.getInstruction()->
3950 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
3951
3952 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
3953 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
3954 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
3955 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003956 }
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003957 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
3958 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003959
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003960 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
3961 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
3962 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
3963 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
3964 // the call.
3965 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
3966 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
3967 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
3968 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
3969 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
3970 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
3971 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
3972 *I = Op;
3973 Changed = true;
3974 }
3975 }
3976 }
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003977
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003978 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003979}
3980
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003981// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
3982// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
3983//
3984bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
3985 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
3986 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00003987 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003988 return false;
Reid Spencer87436872004-07-18 00:38:32 +00003989 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003990 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
3991
3992 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
3993 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
3994 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
3995 //
3996 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
3997 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
3998
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00003999 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
4000 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
4001 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
4002 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
4003 !Caller->use_empty())
4004 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
4005
4006 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
4007 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
4008 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
4009 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
4010 if (!Caller->use_empty())
4011 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
4012 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
4013 UI != E; ++UI)
4014 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
4015 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004016 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00004017 return false;
4018 }
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004019
4020 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
4021 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
4022
4023 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
4024 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
4025 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4026 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
4027 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
4028 }
4029
4030 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
4031 Callee->isExternal())
4032 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
4033
4034 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
4035 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
4036 std::vector<Value*> Args;
4037 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
4038
4039 AI = CS.arg_begin();
4040 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4041 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
4042 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
4043 Args.push_back(*AI);
4044 } else {
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00004045 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
4046 *Caller));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004047 }
4048 }
4049
4050 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
4051 // now...
4052 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
4053 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
4054
4055 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
4056 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
4057 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
4058 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
4059 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
4060 } else {
4061 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
4062 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
4063 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
4064 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
4065 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
4066 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
4067 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
4068 Args.push_back(Cast);
4069 } else {
4070 Args.push_back(*AI);
4071 }
4072 }
4073 }
4074
4075 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
4076 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
4077
4078 Instruction *NC;
4079 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00004080 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004081 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
4082 } else {
4083 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
4084 }
4085
4086 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
4087 Value *NV = NC;
4088 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
4089 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
4090 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattner686767f2003-10-30 00:46:41 +00004091
4092 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
4093 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
4094 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
4095 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
4096 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
4097 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
4098 } else {
4099 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
4100 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
4101 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004102 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004103 } else {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004104 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00004105 }
4106 }
4107
4108 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
4109 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
4110 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
4111 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
4112 return true;
4113}
4114
4115
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004116// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
4117// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
4118// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
4119Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
4120 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
4121
4122 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
4123 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
4124 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
4125 // code size and simplifying code.
4126 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
4127 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
4128 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
4129 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
4130 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
4131 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
4132 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
4133 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
4134 } else {
4135 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
4136 }
4137
4138 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
4139 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4140 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
4141 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4142 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
4143 return 0;
4144 if (CastSrcTy) {
4145 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
4146 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
4147 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
4148 return 0;
4149 }
4150 }
4151
4152 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
4153 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
4154 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4155 PN.getName()+".in");
Chris Lattnerd8e20182005-01-29 00:39:08 +00004156 NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004157
4158 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
4159 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004160
4161 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004162 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4163 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
4164 if (NewInVal != InVal)
4165 InVal = 0;
4166 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4167 }
4168
4169 Value *PhiVal;
4170 if (InVal) {
4171 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
4172 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
4173 PhiVal = InVal;
4174 delete NewPN;
4175 } else {
4176 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
4177 PhiVal = NewPN;
4178 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004179
4180 // Insert and return the new operation.
4181 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004182 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004183 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004184 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004185 else
4186 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004187 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004188}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004189
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004190/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
4191/// that is dead.
4192static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN, std::set<PHINode*> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
4193 if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
4194 if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
4195
4196 // Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
4197 if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN).second)
4198 return true;
4199
4200 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
4201 return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
4202
4203 return false;
4204}
4205
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004206// PHINode simplification
4207//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004208Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004209 if (Value *V = hasConstantValue(&PN)) {
4210 // If V is an instruction, we have to be certain that it dominates PN.
4211 // However, because we don't have dom info, we can't do a perfect job.
4212 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4213 // We know that the instruction dominates the PHI if there are no undef
4214 // values coming in.
Chris Lattner3b92f172004-10-18 01:48:31 +00004215 if (I->getParent() != &I->getParent()->getParent()->front() ||
4216 isa<InvokeInst>(I))
Chris Lattner107c15c2004-10-17 21:31:34 +00004217 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4218 if (isa<UndefValue>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4219 V = 0;
4220 break;
4221 }
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004222 }
4223
4224 if (V)
4225 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
4226 }
Chris Lattner4db2d222004-02-16 05:07:08 +00004227
4228 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
4229 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
4230 // constants.
4231 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4232 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
4233 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
4234 bool AllConstant = true;
4235 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4236 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4237 AllConstant = false;
4238 break;
4239 }
4240 if (AllConstant) {
4241 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
4242 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
4243 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4244 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4245 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
4246 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4247 }
4248
4249 // Update the cast instruction.
4250 CI->setOperand(0, New);
4251 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
4252 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
4253 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
4254 }
4255 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004256
4257 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
4258 // reducing code size.
4259 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
4260 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
4261 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
4262 return Result;
4263
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004264 // If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
4265 // this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
4266 // PHI)... break the cycle.
4267 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4268 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN.use_back())) {
4269 std::set<PHINode*> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
4270 PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
4271 if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
4272 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
4273 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004274
Chris Lattner91daeb52003-12-19 05:58:40 +00004275 return 0;
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004276}
4277
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004278static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
4279 Instruction *InsertPoint,
4280 InstCombiner *IC) {
4281 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
4282 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004283 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
4284 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
4285 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
4286 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
4287 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
4288 *InsertPoint);
4289}
4290
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004291
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004292Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004293 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner471bd762003-05-22 19:07:21 +00004294 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004295 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004296 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004297 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004298
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004299 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
4300 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
4301
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004302 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4303 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4304 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4305
4306 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004307 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004308
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004309 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4310 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004311 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4312 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4313 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4314 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4315 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4316 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4317 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4318 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
4319 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()) {
4320 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4321 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4322 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
4323 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4324 MadeChange = true;
4325 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4326 }
4327 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4328 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4329 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4330 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4331 // pointer target.
4332 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
4333 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4334 MadeChange = true;
4335 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4336 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004337 }
4338 }
4339 }
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004340 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4341 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4342 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4343 // obvious.
4344 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4345 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004346 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004347 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4348 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004349 MadeChange = true;
4350 } else {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004351 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4352 Op->getName()), GEP);
4353 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4354 MadeChange = true;
4355 }
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004356
4357 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4358 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4359 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4360 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4361 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4362 MadeChange = true;
4363 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004364 }
4365 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4366
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004367 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4368 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4369 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4370 //
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004371 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004372 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004373 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004374
4375 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004376 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4377 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4378 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4379 //
4380 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4381 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4382 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4383
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004384 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004385
4386 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4387 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4388 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4389 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner8ec5f882004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004390 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004391
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004392 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004393 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattner235af562003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004394 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4395 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4396 //
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004397 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004398 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4399 Sum = GO1;
4400 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4401 Sum = SO1;
4402 } else {
4403 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4404 // target's pointer size.
4405 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4406 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4407 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4408 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4409 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4410 } else {
4411 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004412 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4413 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4414 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4415
4416 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4417 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4418 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4419 } else {
4420 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4421 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4422 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4423 }
4424 }
4425 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004426 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4427 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4428 else {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004429 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4430 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004431 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004432 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004433
4434 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
4435 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
4436 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
4437 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4438 return &GEP;
4439 } else {
4440 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4441 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
4442 Indices.push_back(Sum);
4443 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
4444 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004445 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
4446 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004447 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004448 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004449 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4450 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004451 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
4452 }
4453
4454 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004455 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004456
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004457 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004458 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
4459 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
4460
4461 // Scan for nonconstants...
4462 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
4463 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
4464 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
4465 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
4466
4467 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004468 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004469
4470 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
4471 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
4472 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004473 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004474 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4475 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
4476 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
4477 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
4478 //
4479 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
4480 //
4481 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4482 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType());
4483 if (const PointerType *XTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(X->getType()))
4484 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
4485 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
4486 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4487 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
4488 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
4489 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4490 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4491 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4492 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4493 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4494 return &GEP;
4495 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004496 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4497 isa<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004498 // Transform things like:
4499 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x sbyte]* %str to ubyte*), uint %V
4500 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x sbyte*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
4501 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4502 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4503 const Type *ResElTy =cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
4504 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
4505 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
4506 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
4507 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
4508 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
4509 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
4510 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
4511 }
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004512 }
4513 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004514 }
4515
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004516 return 0;
4517}
4518
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004519Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
4520 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
4521 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
4522 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4523 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004524 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004525
4526 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
4527 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004528 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004529 else {
4530 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004531 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004532 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004533
4534 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004535
4536 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
4537 // allocas if possible...
4538 //
4539 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
4540 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
4541
4542 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
4543 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
4544 //
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004545 std::vector<Value*> Idx(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004546 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, Idx, New->getName()+".sub", It);
4547
4548 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
4549 // allocation.
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004550 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004551 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4552 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004553 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004554
4555 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
4556 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
4557 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Chris Lattner49df6ce2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00004558 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
4559 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004560 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
4561
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004562 return 0;
4563}
4564
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004565Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
4566 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
4567
4568 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
4569 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4570 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4571 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
4572 return &FI;
4573 }
4574
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004575 // free undef -> unreachable.
4576 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4577 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
4578 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4579 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
4580 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4581 }
4582
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004583 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4584 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004585 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004586 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004587
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004588 return 0;
4589}
4590
4591
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004592/// GetGEPGlobalInitializer - Given a constant, and a getelementptr
4593/// constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the constant
4594/// expression, or null if something is funny.
4595///
4596static Constant *GetGEPGlobalInitializer(Constant *C, ConstantExpr *CE) {
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004597 if (CE->getOperand(1) != Constant::getNullValue(CE->getOperand(1)->getType()))
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004598 return 0; // Do not allow stepping over the value!
4599
4600 // Loop over all of the operands, tracking down which value we are
4601 // addressing...
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004602 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(CE), E = gep_type_end(CE);
4603 for (++I; I != E; ++I)
4604 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*I)) {
4605 ConstantUInt *CU = cast<ConstantUInt>(I.getOperand());
4606 assert(CU->getValue() < STy->getNumElements() &&
4607 "Struct index out of range!");
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004608 unsigned El = (unsigned)CU->getValue();
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004609 if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004610 C = CS->getOperand(El);
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004611 } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004612 C = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004613 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004614 C = UndefValue::get(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004615 } else {
4616 return 0;
4617 }
4618 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand())) {
4619 const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(*I);
4620 if ((uint64_t)CI->getRawValue() >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;
4621 if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(C))
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004622 C = CA->getOperand((unsigned)CI->getRawValue());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004623 else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
4624 C = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004625 else if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
4626 C = UndefValue::get(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004627 else
4628 return 0;
4629 } else {
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004630 return 0;
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004631 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004632 return C;
4633}
4634
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004635/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004636static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
4637 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004638 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004639
4640 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004641 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004642 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004643
4644 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
4645 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
4646 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
4647 // constants.
4648 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
4649 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
4650 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
4651 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
4652 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
4653 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
4654 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4655 }
4656
4657 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
Chris Lattnerecfa9b52005-03-29 06:37:47 +00004658 // Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
4659 // casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
4660 (isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
Chris Lattnerfe1b0b82005-01-31 04:50:46 +00004661 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
4662 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
4663
4664 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4665 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
4666 // the result of the loaded value.
4667 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CastOp,
4668 CI->getName(),
4669 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
4670 // Now cast the result of the load.
4671 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
4672 }
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004673 }
4674 }
4675 return 0;
4676}
4677
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004678/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004679/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
4680/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
4681/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
4682static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
4683 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
4684 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
4685
4686 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
4687 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004688 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
4689 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
4690 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004691 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
4692
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004693 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004694 --BBI;
4695
4696 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
4697 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
4698 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
4699 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
4700
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004701 }
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004702 return false;
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004703}
4704
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004705Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
4706 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner7e8af382004-01-12 04:13:56 +00004707
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004708 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
4709 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) &&
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004710 !LI.isVolatile()) { // load null/undef -> undef
4711 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
4712 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
4713 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
4714 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()), C, &LI);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004715 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004716 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004717
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004718 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
4719 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
4720 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4721 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
4722
4723 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
4724 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
4725 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
4726 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
4727 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4728 if (Constant *V = GetGEPGlobalInitializer(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
4729 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
4730 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4731 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4732 return Res;
4733 }
4734 }
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004735
4736 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004737 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4738 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4739 return Res;
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004740
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004741 if (!LI.isVolatile() && Op->hasOneUse()) {
4742 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
4743 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
4744 // exposes redundancy in the code.
4745 //
4746 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
4747 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
4748 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
4749 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
4750 // unconditionally.
4751 //
4752 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
4753 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004754 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
4755 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004756 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004757 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004758 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004759 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004760 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
4761 }
4762
Chris Lattnerbdcf41a2004-09-23 15:46:00 +00004763 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
4764 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
4765 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4766 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
4767 return &LI;
4768 }
4769
4770 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
4771 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
4772 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4773 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
4774 return &LI;
4775 }
4776
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004777 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
4778 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004779 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
4780
4781 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
4782 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
4783 // loaded from the PHI.
4784 if (Safe) {
4785 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
4786 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
4787 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
4788 Safe = false;
4789 break;
4790 }
4791 }
4792
4793 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004794 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004795 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004796 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004797
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004798 if (Safe) {
4799 // Create the PHI.
4800 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
4801 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
4802 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
4803
4804 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4805 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
4806 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
4807 if (TheLoad == 0) {
4808 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4809 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
4810 InVal->getName()+".val"),
4811 *BB->getTerminator());
4812 }
4813 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
4814 }
4815 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
4816 }
4817 }
4818 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004819 return 0;
4820}
4821
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004822/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold 'store V, (cast P)' -> store (cast V), P'
4823/// when possible.
4824static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
4825 User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
4826 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
4827
4828 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
4829 if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
4830 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4831
4832 if (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
4833 // If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
4834 // see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
4835 // constants.
4836 if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
4837 if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
4838 if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
4839 std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
4840 CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
4841 SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
4842 SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4843 }
4844
4845 if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
4846 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
4847 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
4848
4849 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4850 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the store, cast
4851 // the value to be stored.
4852 Value *NewCast;
4853 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(0)))
4854 NewCast = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, SrcPTy);
4855 else
4856 NewCast = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SI.getOperand(0),
4857 SrcPTy,
4858 SI.getOperand(0)->getName()+".c"), SI);
4859
4860 return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
4861 }
4862 }
4863 }
4864 return 0;
4865}
4866
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00004867Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
4868 Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
4869 Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
4870
4871 if (isa<UndefValue>(Ptr)) { // store X, undef -> noop (even if volatile)
4872 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
4873 SI.eraseFromParent();
4874 ++NumCombined;
4875 return 0;
4876 }
4877
4878 if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile loads.
4879
4880 // store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
4881 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr)) {
4882 if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
4883 SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
4884 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
4885 WorkList.push_back(U); // Dropped a use.
4886 ++NumCombined;
4887 }
4888 return 0; // Do not modify these!
4889 }
4890
4891 // store undef, Ptr -> noop
4892 if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
4893 removeFromWorkList(&SI);
4894 SI.eraseFromParent();
4895 ++NumCombined;
4896 return 0;
4897 }
4898
Chris Lattner72684fe2005-01-31 05:51:45 +00004899 // If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
4900 // source instead.
4901 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Ptr))
4902 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
4903 return Res;
4904 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
4905 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast)
4906 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
4907 return Res;
4908
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00004909 return 0;
4910}
4911
4912
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004913Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
4914 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004915 Value *X;
4916 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
4917 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
4918 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
4919 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
4920 // Swap Destinations and condition...
4921 BI.setCondition(X);
4922 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4923 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
4924 return &BI;
4925 }
4926
4927 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
4928 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
4929 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
4930 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
4931 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
4932 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
4933 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
4934 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
4935 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
4936 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004937 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004938 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004939 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4940 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004941 removeFromWorkList(I);
4942 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4943 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004944 return &BI;
4945 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004946
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004947 return 0;
4948}
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004949
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004950Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
4951 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
4952 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
4953 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
4954 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
4955 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
4956 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004957 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004958 AddRHS));
4959 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
4960 WorkList.push_back(I);
4961 return &SI;
4962 }
4963 }
4964 return 0;
4965}
4966
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004967
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004968void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
4969 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
4970 WorkList.end());
4971}
4972
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004973
4974/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
4975/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
4976/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
4977/// end of its block.
4978static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
4979 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
4980
4981 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
4982 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
4983
4984 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
4985 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
4986 return false;
4987
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004988 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
4989 // the end of block that could change the value.
4990 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
4991 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
4992
4993 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
4994 Scan != E; ++Scan)
4995 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
4996 return false;
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004997 }
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004998
4999 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
5000 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
5001
5002 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
5003 DestBlock->getInstList().splice(InsertPos, SrcBlock->getInstList(), I);
5004 ++NumSunkInst;
5005 return true;
5006}
5007
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005008bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005009 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00005010 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005011
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005012 for (inst_iterator i = inst_begin(F), e = inst_end(F); i != e; ++i)
5013 WorkList.push_back(&*i);
Chris Lattner2d3a7a62004-04-27 15:13:33 +00005014
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005015
5016 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5017 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
5018 WorkList.pop_back();
5019
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005020 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005021 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
5022 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5023 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005024 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005025 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005026 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005027
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005028 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: DCE: " << *I);
5029
5030 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005031 removeFromWorkList(I);
5032 continue;
5033 }
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005034
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00005035 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005036 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005037 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005038 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005039 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
5040 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
5041 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005042 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
5043 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
5044 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
5045 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5046 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
5047 isFoldableGEP = false;
5048 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00005049 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005050 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
5051 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner684c5c62004-10-16 19:46:33 +00005052 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00005053 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
5054 }
5055 }
5056
Chris Lattnercd517ff2005-01-28 19:32:01 +00005057 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I);
5058
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005059 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00005060 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc6509f42002-12-05 22:41:53 +00005061 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
5062
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005063 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005064 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner800aaaf2003-10-07 15:17:02 +00005065 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005066 continue;
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005067 }
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005068
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00005069 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
5070 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
5071 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
5072 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
5073 if (UserParent != BB) {
5074 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
5075 // See if the user is one of our successors.
5076 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
5077 if (*SI == UserParent) {
5078 UserIsSuccessor = true;
5079 break;
5080 }
5081
5082 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
5083 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
5084 // otherwise), we can keep going.
5085 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
5086 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
5087 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
5088 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
5089 }
5090 }
5091
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005092 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005093 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner0b18c1d2002-05-10 15:38:35 +00005094 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005095 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005096 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005097 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
5098 << " New = " << *Result);
5099
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005100 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5101 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5102
5103 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
5104 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5105 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005106
5107 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
5108 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattner950fc782003-10-07 22:58:41 +00005109 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005110
5111 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5112 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00005113 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
5114
5115 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
5116 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
5117 ++InsertPos;
5118
5119 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005120
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005121 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
5122 // use counts.
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00005123 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5124 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5125 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
5126
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005127 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
5128 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
5129 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00005130
5131 // Erase the old instruction.
5132 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00005133 } else {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00005134 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
5135
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005136 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5137 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00005138 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
5139 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
5140 // use counts.
5141 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5142 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
5143 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
5144
5145 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
5146 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00005147 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner31f486c2005-01-31 05:36:43 +00005148 I->eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00005149 } else {
5150 WorkList.push_back(Result);
5151 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00005152 }
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00005153 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005154 Changed = true;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00005155 }
5156 }
5157
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005158 return Changed;
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005159}
5160
Brian Gaeke38b79e82004-07-27 17:43:21 +00005161FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00005162 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00005163}
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +00005164